Author: sbrabec
Date: 2017-03-30 15:53:48 +0000 (Thu, 30 Mar 2017)
New Revision: 97265
Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/security.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/support.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/users.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/wol.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
Log:
Update YaST pot files for SLE12 SP3.
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= "
-"command line option."
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
+"xmlfile= command line option."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
@@ -68,8 +68,7 @@
#. Create a summary
#. return string
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
+msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
#. set addon specific sig-handling
@@ -127,7 +126,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226
-msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an"
-" add-on which is in use.</p>"
+"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove "
+"an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
@@ -438,3 +438,7 @@
"\n"
"Do you want to skip using add-on products?"
msgstr ""
+
+#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
+msgid "Language Installation"
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 18:39+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 18:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-04 18:18+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-04 18:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@
#. Enable and start the service.
#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142
msgid ""
-"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to"
-" diagnose."
+"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) "
+"to diagnose."
msgstr ""
#. Disable and stop the service.
#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150
msgid ""
-"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to "
-"diagnose."
+"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) "
+"to diagnose."
msgstr ""
#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'.
@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@
#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed.
#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883
-msgid "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations."
msgstr ""
#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output.
@@ -71,8 +72,8 @@
#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n"
-"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve"
-"r."
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name "
+"resolver."
msgstr ""
#. Local only
@@ -129,7 +130,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgid ""
+"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
@@ -161,8 +163,8 @@
#. Add an auth_to_local_names
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
msgid ""
-"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name ="
-" user_name\":"
+"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of "
+"\"princ_name = user_name\":"
msgstr ""
#. Save realm settings
@@ -219,39 +221,40 @@
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
msgid ""
"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
-"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD "
-"from \"User Logon Management\"."
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable "
+"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
-"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user dat"
-"abase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider."
-"\n"
-"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group d"
-"atabase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provide"
-"r.\n"
-"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo "
-"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provi"
-"der.\n"
-"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD aut"
-"omount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
@@ -288,11 +291,11 @@
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
msgid ""
-"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,"
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity "
+"provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not "
+"compatible with the cache.\n"
"\n"
-"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not comp"
-"atible with the cache.\n"
-"\n"
"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,8 +303,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
msgid ""
"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
-"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD fro"
-"m \"User Logon Management\"."
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD "
+"from \"User Logon Management\"."
msgstr ""
#. Save Kerberos
@@ -550,8 +553,7 @@
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
@@ -672,69 +674,70 @@
#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticat"
-"e users.\n"
-"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerbero"
-"s authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to "
+"authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and "
+"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable NSS password database
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
-"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from "
-"\"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable NSS group database
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider."
-"\n"
-"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database fro"
-"m \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provide"
-"r.\n"
-"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database"
-" from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329
msgid ""
"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
-"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Option"
-"s of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343
msgid ""
-"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provi"
-"der.\n"
-"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount data"
-"base from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351
msgid ""
"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
-"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Opti"
-"ons of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable PAC responder
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375
msgid ""
"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
-"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Dir"
-"ectory domain.\n"
-"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which "
-"case please turn off this feature."
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active "
+"Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in "
+"which case please turn off this feature."
msgstr ""
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
@@ -749,8 +752,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration f"
-"ailure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration "
+"failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
@@ -762,8 +765,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436
msgid ""
-"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable dom"
-"ain authentication.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable "
+"domain authentication.\n"
"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,8 +780,8 @@
#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
msgid ""
-"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this com"
-"puter:"
+"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this "
+"computer:"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
@@ -816,10 +819,10 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84
msgid ""
-"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment re"
-"quirements.\n"
-"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve"
-"r."
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment "
+"requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name "
+"resolver."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90
@@ -850,8 +853,8 @@
#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146
msgid ""
-"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that A"
-"D user password is saved in plain text."
+"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that "
+"AD user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152
@@ -910,8 +913,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
msgid ""
-"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships"
-"?"
+"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group "
+"memberships?"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
@@ -929,8 +932,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
msgid ""
-"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different na"
-"me."
+"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different "
+"name."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
@@ -945,8 +948,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
-"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
+"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
+"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
@@ -955,20 +958,20 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/d"
-"omain tuple into FQDN"
+"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/"
+"domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
msgid ""
-"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update inter"
-"nal DNS resolver"
+"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update "
+"internal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache file"
-"s"
+"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
+"files"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
@@ -988,8 +991,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
msgid ""
-"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x001"
-"0 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
+"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as "
+"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
@@ -1006,40 +1009,40 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
msgid ""
-"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD servic"
-"e process"
+"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD "
+"service process"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
msgid ""
-"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor wit"
-"hout any communication"
+"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor "
+"without any communication"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
msgid ""
-"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive p"
-"ing check failure"
+"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive "
+"ping check failure"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about al"
-"l users)?"
+"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
+"all users)?"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background i"
-"f they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for "
-"the domain."
+"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
+"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
+"for the domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
-"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking"
-" the back end again."
+"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
+"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
+"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
@@ -1051,19 +1054,20 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
-msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgid ""
+"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value o"
-"r a template."
+"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
+"or a template."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251
msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified exp"
-"licitly by the domain's data provider."
+"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
+"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
@@ -1079,46 +1083,49 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
-msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgid ""
+"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255
-msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgid ""
+"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
-"valid."
+"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
+"considered valid."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be val"
-"id."
+"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
+"valid."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached log"
-"ins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
+"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
-"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
+"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
-msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgid ""
+"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately"
-" update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that a"
-"uthentication takes place with the latest information."
+"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
+"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
+"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
@@ -1129,32 +1136,32 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
-"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
+"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits"
-" before asking the back end again."
+"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
+"hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts fil"
-"e."
+"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
+"file."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host"
-" keys were requested."
+"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
+"host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outsi"
-"de these limits, it is ignored."
+"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
+"outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
@@ -1163,50 +1170,50 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor w"
-"ill forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
+"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backe"
-"nd again."
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
+"backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the"
-" backend again."
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
+"asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking t"
-"he backend again."
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend ag"
-"ain."
+"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
+"again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid bef"
-"ore asking the backend again."
+"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
+"before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
@@ -1215,8 +1222,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before be"
-"ing removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
+"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
@@ -1225,8 +1232,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) a"
-"s the user's login name reported to NSS."
+"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
+"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
@@ -1238,7 +1245,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
-msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgid ""
+"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
@@ -1263,32 +1271,32 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string cont"
-"aining user name and domain into these components."
+"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
+"containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain)"
-" tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
+"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing"
-" DNS lookups."
+"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
+"performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resol"
-"ver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
+"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the"
-" service discovery DNS query."
+"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
+"the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
@@ -1301,13 +1309,14 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second look"
-"up by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name wa"
-"s an alias."
+"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
+"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
+"name was an alias."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
-msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgid ""
+"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
@@ -1317,42 +1326,45 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to"
-" groups within this SSSD domain."
+"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
+"to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies"
-" only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
+"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home dir"
-"ectory."
+"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
+"directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
-msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgid ""
+"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
-msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgid ""
+"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created h"
-"ome directory."
+"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
+"home directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in t"
-"he user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
+"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
+"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
+"sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
@@ -1374,20 +1386,20 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is "
-"ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value "
+"is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603
msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
-"hould connect in the order of preference."
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
+"should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613
msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
-"hould connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
+"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
@@ -1431,7 +1443,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669
-msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgid ""
+" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674
@@ -1448,103 +1461,105 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894
msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the par"
-"ent object."
+"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
+"parent object."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
-" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last passwo"
-"rd change)."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
+"password change)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
-" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
+"age)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
-" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
+"age)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
-" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period"
-")."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
+"period)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
-" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity per"
-"iod)."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
+"inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this p"
-"arameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5)"
-" counterpart (account expiration date)."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
+"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
+"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
-"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos"
-"."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
+"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
+"kerberos."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
-"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
+"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
+"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
+"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter deter"
-"mines if access is allowed or not."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
+"determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access"
-" is allowed or not."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
+"access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until whi"
-"ch date access is granted."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
+"which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759
msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours"
-" of a day in a week when access is granted."
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
+"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764
msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)"
-"."
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
+"(UPN)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768
@@ -1553,8 +1568,9 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773
msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
-"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
+"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
+"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
+"fail."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
@@ -1563,15 +1579,15 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enu"
-"merated records."
+"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
+"enumerated records."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784
msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups wi"
-"th no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save spac"
-"e."
+"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
+"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
+"space."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789
@@ -1584,15 +1600,16 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799
msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will us"
-"e the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to "
-"determine access privilege."
+"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
+"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
+"to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804
msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence"
-" of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
+"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
+"privilege."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814
@@ -1621,29 +1638,29 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844
msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the pa"
-"rent object."
+" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
+"parent object."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC"
-"2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follo"
-"w."
+"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
+"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
+"follow."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
-"re which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or d"
-"eep nested groups."
+"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
+"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
+"complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
-"re which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with "
-"complex or deep nested groups)."
+"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
+"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
+"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
@@ -1659,11 +1676,13 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899
@@ -1672,8 +1691,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904
msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their alia"
-"ses."
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
+"aliases."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909
@@ -1681,51 +1700,52 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service sea"
-"rches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service "
+"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924
msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run befo"
-"re they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is ent"
-"ered)."
+" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
+"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
+"is entered)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929
msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enume"
-"rations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are re"
-"turned (and offline mode is entered)."
+"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
+"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
+"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934
msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following"
-" a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
+"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939
msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs wi"
-"ll abort if no response is received."
+"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
+"will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944
msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be m"
-"aintained."
+"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
+"maintained."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949
msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
-"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
+"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954
@@ -1734,14 +1754,14 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958
msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum securit"
-"y level necessary to establish the connection."
+"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
+"security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963
msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cac"
-"he in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
+"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
@@ -1750,14 +1770,14 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974
msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Autho"
-"rities that sssd will recognize."
+"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
+"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978
msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certific"
-"ates in separate individual files."
+"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
+"certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982
@@ -1774,15 +1794,15 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996
msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the cha"
-"nnel."
+"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
+"channel."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001
msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_use"
-"r_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_use"
-"r_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
+"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
+"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005
@@ -1799,8 +1819,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020
msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicaliz"
-"e the host name during a SASL bind."
+"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
+"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025
@@ -1816,7 +1836,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040
-msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgid ""
+"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045
@@ -1829,27 +1850,27 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054
msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password"
-" changes when service discovery is enabled."
+"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
+"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059
msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with da"
-"ys since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
+"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064
msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this"
-" option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must b"
-"e met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
+"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
+"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069
msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be"
-" enabled."
+" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
+"be enabled."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075
@@ -1862,32 +1883,32 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085
msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
-"the RFC2307 schema."
+"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
+"use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs sear"
-"ches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs "
+"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searc"
-"hes for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group "
+"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup se"
-"arches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup "
+"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user search"
-"es for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user "
+"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120
@@ -1900,8 +1921,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130
msgid ""
-"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a moun"
-"t point."
+"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a "
+"mount point."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
@@ -1910,8 +1931,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147
msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerbero"
-"s servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
+"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152
@@ -1920,8 +1941,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
-"can be defined here."
+"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
+"servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
@@ -1934,38 +1955,38 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176
msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
-"request is aborted."
+" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
+"password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181
msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed"
-"."
+"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
+"spoofed."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186
msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KD"
-"Cs."
+"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
+"KDCs."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to reques"
-"t a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
+"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195
msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediat"
-"ely followed by a time unit."
+"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
+"immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199
msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followe"
-"d by a time unit."
+"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
+"followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203
@@ -1974,8 +1995,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208
msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authe"
-"ntication."
+"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
+"authentication."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212
@@ -2001,8 +2022,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243
msgid ""
-"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN u"
-"sed by AD to identify this host."
+"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
+"used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247
@@ -2011,14 +2032,14 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260
msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active"
-" Directory user and group SIDs."
+" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
+"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265
msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
-"Directory user and group SIDs."
+"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
+"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270
@@ -2035,8 +2056,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283
msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to w"
-"inbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
+"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
@@ -2050,8 +2071,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305
msgid ""
-"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
-"used by IPA to identify this host."
+"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the "
+"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310
@@ -2060,8 +2081,8 @@
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315
msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeI"
-"PA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
+"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320
@@ -2069,5 +2090,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324
-msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -118,7 +118,8 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
-msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgid ""
+"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
@@ -147,18 +148,18 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified locati"
-"on.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
+"location.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a sy"
-"mbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit p"
-"attern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
+"symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
+"pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -231,10 +232,10 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in"
-" the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web se"
-"rver\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
+"in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
+"server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -265,9 +266,9 @@
#. Do not translate words in brackets
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>"
-"%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the "
-"needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:"
+"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not "
+"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
@@ -289,22 +290,22 @@
#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
#. bnc#955260
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -415,9 +416,9 @@
#. Do not translate words in brackets
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br>
Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configura"
-"tion."
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>"
+"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change "
+"the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
@@ -439,13 +440,8 @@
msgid "Adding found packages..."
msgstr ""
-#. Run early network scripts
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:220
-msgid "Running scripts..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Finish
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:237
+#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230
msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -644,7 +640,8 @@
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
+"out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
@@ -667,8 +664,8 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to"
-" add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
+"to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -681,7 +678,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
-msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgid ""
+"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
@@ -697,12 +695,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to "
-"mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can "
-"be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possib"
-"le.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
+"to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
+"can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
+"possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -710,8 +708,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually ma"
-"kes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
@@ -880,7 +878,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
-msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgid ""
+"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
@@ -1052,8 +1051,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
@@ -1155,8 +1153,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651
-msgid ""
-"Select at least one class configuration.\n"
+msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -1326,8 +1323,8 @@
#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current sy"
-"stem?"
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
+"system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
@@ -1343,8 +1340,8 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system"
-"?"
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
+"system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
@@ -1392,7 +1389,8 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1471,8 +1469,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning"
-"\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
+"partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1506,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1518,7 +1516,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1557,7 +1555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -1599,16 +1597,16 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without i"
-"nterruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
+"interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in ma"
-"nual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
+"manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1749,8 +1747,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and"
-"\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
+"and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1776,8 +1774,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections"
-".</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
+"selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
@@ -1786,8 +1784,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system."
-"\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
+"system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1820,8 +1818,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are"
-"\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
+"are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1837,11 +1835,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partit"
-"ions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to crea"
-"te a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additi"
-"onally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather"
-" than size in MBytes."
+"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
+"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
+"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
+"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
+"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
@@ -1854,8 +1852,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID part"
-"itions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
+"partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1891,7 +1889,8 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
+"installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1904,7 +1903,8 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
+"installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1914,7 +1914,8 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
+"\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1937,8 +1938,8 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> o"
-"r \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
+"or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1949,12 +1950,12 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, w"
-"hich\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an in"
-"stallation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too."
-"\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
+"which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
+"installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
+"too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1962,10 +1963,10 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box "
-"as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that migh"
-"t help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
+"box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
+"might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2052,8 +2053,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation "
-"for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
+"installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2074,18 +2075,17 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
-msgid ""
-"Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
+msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr ""
#. Merge Rule results
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error"
-" message is:\n"
+"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
+"error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
@@ -2169,9 +2169,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those"
-" available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
+"those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
+"data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2180,7 +2181,8 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
+"including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2208,92 +2210,92 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -2304,7 +2306,7 @@
#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
#. the next instructions taints result
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
msgstr ""
@@ -2314,18 +2316,18 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
@@ -2379,7 +2381,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2387,136 +2389,136 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
-"og"
+"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
+"log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396
msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
-"og"
+"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
+"log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
-"anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
+"changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto"
-"YaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
+"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936
msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut"
-"oyast profile."
+"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
+"autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard dis"
-"k. %1MB missing"
+"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
+"disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
@@ -2553,14 +2555,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2568,14 +2570,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2586,8 +2588,7 @@
#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file
#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -2286,8 +2286,8 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
@@ -2302,16 +2302,16 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
@@ -2331,326 +2331,326 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -22,15 +22,38 @@
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
+#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration
+#. focus proposing new one
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+msgid "Broken Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new "
+"configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+msgid "Propose"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr ""
+
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. F#300779: end
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -58,6 +81,13 @@
msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error
+#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 "
+"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
@@ -124,176 +154,178 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not inst"
-"all</a>)"
+"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not "
+"install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (insta"
-"ll</a>)"
+"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not instal"
-"l</a>)"
+"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not "
+"install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install"
-"</a>)"
+"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a"
-"re doing please select above location."
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
+"are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Represents bootloader timeout value
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded"
-".</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
+"loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code"
-" will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active eve"
-"n\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
+"code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
+"even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of you"
-"r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
+"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Represents if os prober should be run
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175
msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore"
-"ign distribution </p>"
+"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
+"foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
#. represents kernel command line
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional pa"
-"rameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Represents Protective MBR action
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231
msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
-"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
-"you are not sure.</p>"
+"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
+"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
+"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
@@ -301,28 +333,27 @@
#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
#. not be partially based on old data now any more
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273
-msgid ""
-"Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296
msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
msgid ""
"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
@@ -336,7 +367,7 @@
#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -344,83 +375,119 @@
msgstr ""
#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I"
-"f <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is "
-"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G"
-"RUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>R"
-"etype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is dis"
-"tinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users."
-" If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
+"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry "
+"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the "
+"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to "
+"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell."
+"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype "
+"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is "
+"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 "
+"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+msgid ""
+"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display "
+"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when "
+"booting starts.</p>\n"
+"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial "
+"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be "
+"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional "
+"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a "
+"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --"
+"unit=0</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+msgid ""
+"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
+"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519
+#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number",
+#. to be substituted in a command like
+#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
+#. so do not use punctuation
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+msgid "NUM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -431,40 +498,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -474,54 +541,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""
#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
+#. in installation always propose missing stuff
+#. current below use proposed value if not already set
+#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70
+msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning."
+msgstr ""
+
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188
msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable"
-"."
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
+"bootable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
@@ -531,6 +608,11 @@
"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90
+msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
@@ -547,9 +629,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
-"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u"
-"se any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
+"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
+"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
+"stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
@@ -561,8 +644,8 @@
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M"
-"aster Boot Record"
+"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
+"Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
@@ -573,72 +656,86 @@
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid ""
-"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co"
-"uld refuse to boot."
+"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes "
+"could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
msgid ""
-"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains "
-"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
+"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already "
+"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+msgid "Unsupported Bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported "
+"configuration instead?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+msgid "Use"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248
msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
msgid ""
"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
-"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range sp"
-"ecified with dash.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range "
+"specified with dash.\n"
"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
@@ -31,16 +31,64 @@
" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
@@ -48,212 +96,113 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "User Settings"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-msgid "Installation Overview"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
@@ -275,95 +224,30 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
@@ -376,78 +260,41 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
@@ -455,74 +302,29 @@
" "
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
-msgid "System Role"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
-msgid ""
-"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
-"for the selected scenario."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
-"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Default System"
+#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid ""
-"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
-"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
+msgid "Language Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
-msgid ""
-"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
-"• No separate /home partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
-msgid ""
-"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
-"• No separate /home partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
-msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -577,11 +379,11 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,9 +61,11 @@
#. menue label text
#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+#. widget label
#. menu button label
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
@@ -191,12 +193,21 @@
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. help text for keyboard selection widget
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
+"installation and on the installed system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -205,7 +216,7 @@
#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -313,8 +324,8 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -537,7 +548,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -547,35 +558,34 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr ""
#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -625,8 +635,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
msgid "UTC"
msgstr ""
@@ -850,267 +860,315 @@
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
msgid "French"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -236,109 +236,109 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Restart only if it's already running
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
@@ -2074,118 +2074,118 @@
#. combo box
#. combo box
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -302,7 +302,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -373,7 +374,8 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
@@ -450,7 +452,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
@@ -1461,55 +1464,16 @@
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. main dialog
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n"
-"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
-"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n"
-"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
-"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n"
-"entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n"
-"To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n"
-"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit global options,\n"
-"adjust firewall settings,\n"
-"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n"
-"or display the log of the DNS server,\n"
-"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. zone dialog
#. help 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/5, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n"
"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n"
@@ -1520,7 +1484,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1528,14 +1492,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
@@ -1543,7 +1507,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 2/5 alt. 2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add"
@@ -1554,7 +1518,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
@@ -1565,7 +1529,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
@@ -1577,7 +1541,7 @@
#. firewall dialog
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n"
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
@@ -1585,7 +1549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n"
@@ -1596,35 +1560,35 @@
#. soa dialog
#. help text 1/9
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/9 - TTL
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110
msgid ""
"<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n"
"of the primary name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/9 - Serial
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
@@ -1634,7 +1598,7 @@
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370
msgid ""
"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n"
"master name server to slave name servers.</p>"
@@ -1642,14 +1606,14 @@
#. help text 7/9 - Retry
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
@@ -1658,7 +1622,7 @@
#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n"
"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>"
@@ -1666,7 +1630,7 @@
#. ddns keys dialog
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
@@ -1679,7 +1643,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -1687,7 +1651,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -1695,7 +1659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n"
@@ -1704,7 +1668,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
@@ -1718,21 +1682,21 @@
#. of these check boxes.</p>
#. ") +
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n"
"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1741,19 +1705,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
@@ -1768,7 +1732,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n"
"set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n"
@@ -1780,7 +1744,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
@@ -1788,7 +1752,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n"
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
@@ -1796,7 +1760,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n"
@@ -1805,7 +1769,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
@@ -1815,21 +1779,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n"
"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type"
"b>,\n"
@@ -1837,7 +1801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
"followed by\n"
@@ -1849,7 +1813,7 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
"followed by\n"
@@ -1862,7 +1826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n"
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1870,7 +1834,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
@@ -1879,7 +1843,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n"
@@ -1888,7 +1852,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -1898,7 +1862,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n"
@@ -1907,7 +1871,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n"
@@ -1915,7 +1879,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add"
@@ -1925,7 +1889,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n"
@@ -1935,7 +1899,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
@@ -1945,14 +1909,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
@@ -1960,7 +1924,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n"
@@ -1969,7 +1933,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395
msgid ""
"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n"
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
@@ -1977,14 +1941,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
msgid ""
"<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n"
@@ -1993,7 +1957,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n"
@@ -2005,7 +1969,7 @@
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
@@ -2016,7 +1980,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n"
@@ -2026,7 +1990,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
@@ -2040,21 +2004,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n"
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n"
@@ -2062,7 +2026,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2034,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n"
@@ -2078,7 +2042,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. slave zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n"
@@ -2086,7 +2050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. slave zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -2096,7 +2060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. forward zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n"
@@ -2104,7 +2068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. forward zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n"
"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -107,8 +107,7 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
-msgid ""
-"Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
@@ -119,13 +118,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
msgstr ""
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
@@ -216,36 +213,38 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
+"resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one "
-"of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used"
-" to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device."
-" Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's pa"
-"rtner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must "
-"be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being describ"
-"ed. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must "
-"not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,"
-"following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word mino"
-"r and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' wi"
-"ll be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd"
-"{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the d"
-"ata. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing d"
-"evice is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by ya"
-"st automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
+"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
+"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
+"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
+"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the "
+"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:"
+"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
+"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
+"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
+"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or "
+"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/"
+"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
+"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
+"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it."
+"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
+"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated "
+"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different "
+"resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -253,46 +252,47 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local di"
-"sk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local di"
-"sk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both loc"
-"al and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
+"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a "
-"degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
+"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-err"
-"or to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
+"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD
\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
+"DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response pa"
-"cket within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and th"
-"erefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-i"
-"nt and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it i"
-"s considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive pac"
-"ket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
+"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
+"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
+"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
+"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
+"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
+"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
+"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
+"packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two writ"
-"e barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write requ"
-"est for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default "
-"value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of D"
-"RBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background syn"
-"chronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active "
-"set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843"
-")</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
+"write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
+"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
+"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
+"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
+"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
+"KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
+"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
+"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -304,27 +304,29 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM c"
-"onfiguration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refe"
-"r to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the "
+"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t"
+"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file "
+"layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the lis"
-"t of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instru"
-"cted to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from th"
-"e underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that t"
-"ells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions"
-" can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an '"
-"a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\""
-"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the "
+"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is "
+"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than "
+"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A "
+"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
+"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
+"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, "
+"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should"
-" disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
+"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV"
-" state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by"
-" the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized betwe"
-"en nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata "
+"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is "
+"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be "
+"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster "
+"environments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -335,19 +337,19 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity c"
-"heck</p>"
+"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
+"sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it w"
-"aited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
+"waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,"
-"\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
+"seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -651,8 +653,7 @@
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME
\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on t"
-"he first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on "
+"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -202,9 +202,10 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
-"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start"
-"\n"
-"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
+"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will "
+"start\n"
+"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button "
+"to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -80,7 +80,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
-msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
+msgid ""
+"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -101,8 +102,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vs"
-"ftpd only)."
+"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server "
+"(vsftpd only)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -112,12 +113,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
-msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd "
+"only)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
-msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd "
+"only)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -128,8 +133,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
msgid ""
-"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local "
-"admin (pure-ftpd only)."
+"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a "
+"local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -226,7 +231,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
-msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
+msgid ""
+"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -946,11 +952,12 @@
#. General Settings widget
#.
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#. "Browse" button for DSA Certificate
+#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate
#. Expert Settings widget
#.
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
msgid "Br&owse"
msgstr ""
@@ -1102,7 +1109,7 @@
msgid "Enable &TLS"
msgstr ""
-#. DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections
+#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections
#. Expert Settings widget
#.
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
@@ -1304,8 +1311,8 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n"
-" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftp"
-"d, \n"
+" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-"
+"ftpd, \n"
" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1364,8 +1371,8 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
-"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users."
-" \n"
+"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated "
+"users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1440,10 +1447,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n"
"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n"
-"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are perm"
-"itted.\n"
-"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted."
-"\n"
+"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are "
+"permitted.\n"
+"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are "
+"permitted.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1462,8 +1469,8 @@
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n"
-"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after l"
-"ogin.\n"
+"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after "
+"login.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1472,10 +1479,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories"
-",\n"
-"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory aft"
-"er login.</p>\n"
+"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create "
+"directories,\n"
+"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory "
+"after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1538,11 +1545,11 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. expert settings DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1
+#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
-"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n"
-"This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n"
+"<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n"
+"This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n"
"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1562,8 +1569,8 @@
"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n"
"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n"
"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n"
-"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use S"
-"SL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
+"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use "
+"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1644,13 +1651,11 @@
#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") {
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059
-msgid ""
-"Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
+msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064
-msgid ""
-"and enable write access?\n"
+msgid "and enable write access?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066
@@ -1686,8 +1691,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to create a directory?\n"
+msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111
@@ -1720,8 +1724,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310
-msgid ""
-"Change permissions of %1 ?\n"
+msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207
@@ -1733,14 +1736,14 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227
msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have "
-"no write access.\n"
+"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
+"have no write access.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314
msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have "
-"no write access."
+"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
+"have no write access."
msgstr ""
#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
@@ -1749,14 +1752,14 @@
msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port."
msgstr ""
-#. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
+#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637
-msgid "DSA certificate is missing."
+msgid "RSA certificate is missing."
msgstr ""
#. Handle function of "Browse"
-#. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
+#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
@@ -1765,8 +1768,8 @@
#. check of existing certificate
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722
msgid ""
-"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection"
-" is missing."
+"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL "
+"connection is missing."
msgstr ""
#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both
@@ -1794,8 +1797,8 @@
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839
msgid ""
-"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration i"
-"n interactive mode."
+"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration "
+"in interactive mode."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
@@ -209,3 +209,1043 @@
#: src/ygtkwizard.c:448
msgid "more"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:91 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:632
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1109 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:129
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:259 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:219
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:92 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:634
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1110 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:137
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:260 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:220
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:94 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1111
+#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:221
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:529
+msgid "Action"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:98 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:635
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1112 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:564
+#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:222
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:100 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:633
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1113 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:223
+msgid "Supportability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:105
+msgid "Package _listing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:115
+msgid ""
+"<h1>Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the list "
+"to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just click on "
+"its \"checkbox\".</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:120
+msgid ""
+"<h1>Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using the "
+"groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see more "
+"information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just click on "
+"its \"checkbox\".</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:153
+msgid "Priorities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:154 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:162
+msgid "Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:160
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:161
+msgid "RPM Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:163
+msgid "Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:167
+msgid "Patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:168
+msgid "Languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:276
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:277
+msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281
+msgid "Warning Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281
+msgid "Install anyway?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:370
+msgid ""
+"There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:592
+msgid "Changes not saved!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:594
+msgid "Quit anyway?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:620
+msgid "Unsupported packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:622
+msgid ""
+"Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires "
+"an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:683
+msgid "Online Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:688
+msgid "Software Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:696
+msgid "Please wait..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:11
+msgid ""
+"<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update "
+"applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in "
+"the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common "
+"system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed "
+"only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying "
+"<i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a "
+"given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may "
+"install them only if needed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:19
+msgid ""
+"<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: "
+"extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: "
+"headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols "
+"for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language "
+"siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation "
+"automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:27
+msgid ""
+"<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages "
+"that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be "
+"listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:30
+msgid ""
+"<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such "
+"as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an "
+"utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be "
+"accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</blockquote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:34
+msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:35
+msgid ""
+"<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed "
+"together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-"
+"bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the "
+"package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed "
+"package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an "
+"upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the "
+"version installed is no longer being made available in any configured "
+"repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra "
+"options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have "
+"made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified "
+"together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to "
+"select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button "
+"when you want your changes to be performed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:48
+msgid ""
+"<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes "
+"via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: "
+"for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it "
+"interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that "
+"includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not."
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:54
+msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names "
+"and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' "
+"packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its "
+"description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a "
+"white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may "
+"use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a "
+"given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search "
+"for a given file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:63
+msgid ""
+"<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find "
+"software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software "
+"selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is "
+"provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:67
+msgid ""
+"<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented "
+"collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of "
+"the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages "
+"needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular "
+"language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST "
+"control center.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:73
+msgid ""
+"<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available "
+"information about the package in the box below. Note that more information "
+"is available for installed packages than for those only available from a "
+"repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to "
+"install from this box.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:84
+msgid ""
+"<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking "
+"patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system."
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:87
+msgid ""
+"<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:"
+"p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited "
+"to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security "
+"related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)"
+"li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users."
+"li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST"
+"b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure "
+"that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If "
+"you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for "
+"<i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:29
+msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:87 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:583
+msgid "Several selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:156
+msgid "Web site:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:163
+msgid "Patch issued:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:195
+msgid "as"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:321
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:340
+msgid "Size:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:341
+msgid "License:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:365
+msgid "Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to the package status
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:408 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:206
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:215 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:992
+msgid "Installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:436 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:494
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:291
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:445
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:449
+msgid "Downgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:453
+msgid "Re-install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. static property (always "Undo")
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:465 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:505
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:289 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:881
+msgid "Undo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:655
+msgid "Supportability:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:675
+msgid "Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:739
+msgid "Installed Version:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:740
+msgid "Available Version:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:854
+msgid "File list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:971
+msgid "Changelog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:995
+msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1021
+msgid "Authors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1034
+msgid "Attribute not-specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1086
+msgid "Developed by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1089
+msgid "Packaged by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1105
+msgid "Applies to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to the package status
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:204
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to the package status
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:208 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:220
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: "Any status" may be translated as "All statuses" (whichever's smaller)
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:212 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:322
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:555 src/ygtkpkgrpmgroupsview.cc:56
+msgid "All packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to the package status
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:214 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:999
+#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:377
+msgid "Not installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: refers to package status: may be translated as "Upgrade"
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:217
+msgid "Upgrades"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to the package status
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:219
+msgid "Locked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this is shown next to the "Upgrade All" button
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:283
+msgid "Only Upgrade Patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:289
+msgid "Upgrade All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: when "upload" isn't easy to translate, translate this as "7 days old"
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:339
+msgid "(uploaded last 7 days)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:374
+msgid "All repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:397
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:488
+msgid "Repository not refreshed in a long time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:507
+msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:527 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:542
+msgid "Edit Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: "Any priority" may be translated as "All priorities" (whichever's smaller)
+#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:577
+msgid "All patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:28
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:30
+msgid "user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:273
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:960
+msgid "install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:98 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:119
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:277 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:965
+msgid "upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:100 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:289
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:974
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:102 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:279
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:967
+msgid "downgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (edition == prev_edition)
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:104 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:281
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:969
+msgid "re-install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:126 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:209
+msgid "patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:134
+msgid "auto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:303
+msgid "add repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:311
+msgid "remove repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:318
+msgid "change repository alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:325
+msgid "change repository url"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:394
+msgid "Save to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:554
+msgid "Version / URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:588
+msgid "Requested by"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:609
+msgid "Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:623
+#, c-format
+msgid "Show History (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:625
+msgid "Save to File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:486 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:299
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:489
+msgid "&Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:492
+msgid "&Re-install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:495 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:291
+msgid "&Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:498
+msgid "&Undo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:505
+msgid "&Unlock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:508
+msgid "&Lock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:702
+msgid "No matches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. if (sel->toModify())
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:976
+msgid "modify"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:984
+msgid "locked: right-click to unlock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:987
+msgid "To install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:990
+msgid "To remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:995
+msgid "(upgrade available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1002
+msgid "status changed by the dependencies resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1040
+msgid "Installed packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:220
+msgid "Import from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:299
+msgid "Could not open:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:313
+msgid "Export to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:384
+msgid ""
+"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
+"dependencies resolver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:386
+msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: if there is no direct translation to Dependencies Resolver, then translate it to e.g. Dependencies Manager
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:392
+msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:406
+msgid "Success"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:407
+msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:411
+msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:420
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n"
+"Please check disk space and permissions for:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:701
+msgid "F&ile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:703
+msgid "&Import..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:705
+msgid "&Export..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:711
+msgid "&Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:713
+msgid "&Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:716
+msgid "&Online Update..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:719
+msgid "&Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:721
+msgid "&Check Now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:723
+msgid "&Autocheck"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:726
+msgid "&Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: don't translate the "-devel"
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:729
+msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: don't translate the "-debuginfo/-debugsource" part
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:731
+msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:732
+msgid "&System Verification Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:733
+msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:736
+msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:737
+msgid "&Allow vendor change"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:741
+msgid "E&xtras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:743
+msgid "Show &Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:745
+msgid "Show &Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:748
+msgid "Show &History"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:751
+msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep "-_devel" untranslated
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:757
+msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep "-debug-_info" untranslated
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:760
+msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep "-debug-_source" untranslated
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:763
+msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:766
+msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:768
+msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:296
+msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:373
+msgid ""
+"Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n"
+"\n"
+"You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:86
+msgid "Candidate provides:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:90
+msgid "Installed provides:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:143
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: same as "Listing of Products"
+#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:161
+msgid "Products Listing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:90
+msgid ""
+"<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n"
+"(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:103
+msgid "Name & Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:104
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:106
+msgid "File name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:120
+msgid "by"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:223
+#, c-format
+msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:243
+msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:38
+msgid "view all changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:68
+#, c-format
+msgid "<b>%s</b> %d preselected packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:75
+msgid "plus 1 dependency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:77
+#, c-format
+msgid "plus %d dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:90
+msgid "No changes to perform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:149
+msgid "To install:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:152
+msgid "To upgrade:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:155
+msgid "To remove:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:232
+msgid "Space available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:105
+msgid "Disk space required:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:108
+msgid "Download size:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to mount_point, needed_space
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:155
+#, c-format
+msgid "Partition %s is %s over-capacity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to used_space, total_space
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:158
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s filled out of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:239
+msgid "Close software manager when done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:261
+msgid "Revert?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:280
+msgid "Summary of changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:282
+msgid "Review the changes to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:290
+msgid "See History"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:193
+msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:195
+msgid ""
+"This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, "
+"nor comprehensive. Use with care."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:205
+msgid "Remove All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:24
+msgid "Education"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:25
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:26
+msgid "Graphics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:27
+msgid "Office"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:28
+msgid "Programming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:29
+msgid "Multimedia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:30
+msgid "System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep translation short
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:32
+msgid "Desktop (GNOME)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep translation short
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:34
+msgid "Desktop (KDE)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep translation short
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:36
+msgid "Desktop (XFCE)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep translation short
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:38
+msgid "Desktop (Others)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:39
+msgid "Publishing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: keep translation short
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:41
+msgid "Admin Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:42
+msgid "Localization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to patch priority
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:43 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:754
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:44
+msgid "Communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:45
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:46 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:758
+msgid "Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:47
+msgid "Utilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:49
+msgid "Unknown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:50
+msgid "Suggested"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to patch priority
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:51 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:756
+msgid "Recommended"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to packages no longer available in any repository.
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:53
+msgid "Unmaintained"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:54
+msgid "Recent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzypptags.cc:55
+msgid "Multiversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:169
+msgid "Installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:211
+msgid "Reboot required:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:212
+msgid ""
+"the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:216
+msgid "Relogin required:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:217
+msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to patch priority
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:760
+msgid "Optional"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: this refers to patch priority
+#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:762
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -241,7 +241,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -286,7 +287,8 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -641,10 +643,10 @@
#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -698,37 +700,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -737,25 +739,25 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed."
"p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -766,52 +768,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -820,55 +822,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -982,7 +984,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1251,95 +1253,95 @@
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
@@ -1448,202 +1450,202 @@
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186
msgid ""
"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
"content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221
msgid ""
"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
"request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301
msgid ""
"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
"authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412
msgid ""
"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
"client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468
msgid ""
"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
"modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508
msgid ""
"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591
msgid ""
"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627
msgid ""
"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
"Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667
msgid ""
"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 18:12+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 18:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to su"
-"ch devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
+"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installat"
-"ion."
+"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
@@ -286,26 +286,25 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation s"
-"ource"
+"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
+"source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"Here you can create custom images.\n"
+msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an im"
-"age here"
+"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
+"image here"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during in"
-"stallation)"
+"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
+"installation)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
@@ -331,20 +330,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the"
-"\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
+"the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump"
-" an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already."
-"\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-instal"
-"lation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
+"dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
+"already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
+"installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
@@ -355,9 +354,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages orig"
-"inating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
+"originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created."
+"p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -469,13 +469,11 @@
#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. download release notes now
#. push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
@@ -494,8 +492,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available transl"
-"ations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
+"translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -641,18 +639,19 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user intera"
-"ction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this op"
-"tion is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml<"
-"/tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
+"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
+"option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
+"xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
-msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
@@ -692,8 +691,8 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packa"
-"ges."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
+"packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
@@ -729,8 +728,8 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk wil"
-"l be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
+"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
@@ -782,14 +781,14 @@
#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -805,7 +804,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
@@ -843,37 +842,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -929,18 +928,23 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, sele"
-"ct\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
+"select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drive"
-"rs.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
+"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55
+msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
@@ -990,8 +994,8 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configurat"
-"ion.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
+"configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
@@ -1004,20 +1008,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
+"number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
+"ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installa"
-"tion patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the "
-"software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add addition"
-"al desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
+"installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
+"the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
+"additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1105,103 +1111,103 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio"
-"n."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1209,7 +1215,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1218,14 +1224,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
"from the registration server.</p>"
@@ -1233,7 +1239,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1242,14 +1248,14 @@
#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"to search for installer updates."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1257,7 +1263,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1269,10 +1275,10 @@
#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
#.
-#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message
+#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1282,7 +1288,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1296,30 +1302,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
msgid "Restart"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585
-msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1328,7 +1330,7 @@
#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
#.
#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1385,8 +1387,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1399,8 +1401,8 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the up"
-"grade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
+"upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
@@ -1643,6 +1645,10 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9
+msgid "Adapting system services ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. normal=configuration in an installed system
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
@@ -1673,7 +1679,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1726,12 +1732,12 @@
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose a"
-"n existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- o"
-"f its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host "
-"key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import S"
-"SH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition t"
-"o the keys.</p>"
+"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose "
+"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the "
+"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of "
+"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed."
+"p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found "
+"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
@@ -1749,53 +1755,79 @@
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. TODO: Add the registration process
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
+msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
+msgid "Worker Registration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
+msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
+#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34
+msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n"
+"If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n"
+"Errors:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1806,46 +1838,46 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] translated headline
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1854,27 +1886,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297
+msgid ""
+"This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n"
+"and cannot be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed."
-"\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
+"displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1883,7 +1922,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1892,7 +1931,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1901,7 +1940,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1909,12 +1948,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1923,7 +1962,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1938,7 +1977,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr ""
@@ -2004,13 +2043,11 @@
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -129,15 +129,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#. authentication dialog for add target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
-msgid "No Authentication"
+msgid "No Discovery Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
-msgid "Incoming Authentication"
+msgid "Authentication by Initiator"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
@@ -156,9 +154,14 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
-msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
+msgid "Authentication by Targets"
msgstr ""
+#. authentication dialog for add target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
+msgid "No Login Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
@@ -220,8 +223,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -234,29 +237,64 @@
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. |***************************************************************************
+#. |
+#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc.
+#. | All Rights Reserved.
+#. |
+#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. | published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. |
+#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. | GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. |
+#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#. |
+#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#. |
+#. |***************************************************************************
+#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client
+#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs
+#. Authors: Michal Zugec
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication "
+"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do "
+"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -265,14 +303,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n"
@@ -281,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -289,7 +327,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
@@ -297,14 +335,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n"
@@ -312,105 +350,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. table of connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional"
-" targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode o"
-"f already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cance"
-"l the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the"
-" start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get "
+"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the "
+"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use "
+"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target "
+"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that thi"
-"s access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
+"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
+"corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only ab"
-"le to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi"
+"tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
+"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discoveri"
-"ng targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be"
-" 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
+"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
+"be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and"
-" <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"select <b>No Discovery Authentication</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connec"
-"t</b>. "
+"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
+"<b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
+"when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI servic"
-"e\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
+"service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox "
-"if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for "
-"both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates t"
-"o 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way roun"
-"d.</p>"
+"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the "
+"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons."
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discover"
-"y</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP addr"
-"ess.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was su"
-"ccessful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will a"
-"ppear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for "
-"not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means d"
-"oing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of"
-" already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targe"
-"ts</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets wit"
-"hout changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the "
+"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server "
+"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the "
+"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status "
+"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen."
+"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> "
+"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, "
+"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:"
+"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets "
+"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets "
+"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the "
+"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-"
+"up mode.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,8 +518,7 @@
#. check for valid host name
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
-msgid ""
-"Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
@@ -512,8 +546,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipath"
-"ing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
+"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
@@ -545,8 +579,8 @@
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.<"
-"/p>"
+"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
@@ -629,8 +663,7 @@
#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
-msgid ""
-"Target connection failed.\n"
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
@@ -79,11 +80,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145
-msgid "Use Authentication"
+msgid "Use Login Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -145,15 +146,12 @@
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
-#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
@@ -161,22 +159,19 @@
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
@@ -226,8 +221,8 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -239,7 +234,7 @@
#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
#. (includes authentication)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
+msgid "Modify initiators ACLs"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
@@ -252,29 +247,40 @@
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in "
+"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication "
+"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in "
+"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still "
+"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant "
+"access to the targets in next page"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -282,21 +288,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n"
"targets into selected file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n"
@@ -305,7 +311,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -313,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
@@ -321,14 +327,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n"
@@ -336,7 +342,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -345,8 +351,8 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -354,7 +360,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -362,102 +368,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. discovery authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>I"
-"ncoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User and <b>Password</b>."
+"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use "
+"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or "
+"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication "
+"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for "
+"initiators and targets!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. target client setup.
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported"
-" from\n"
-" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>In"
-"itiatorName</i>\n"
-" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will"
-" remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN "
+"imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use "
+"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> "
+"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN t"
-"arget number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the ty"
-"pe of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. T"
-"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different "
-"passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
-" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b>"
-" is disabled here.</p>"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
+"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's "
+"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by "
+"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. "
+"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two "
+"kinds of authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit "
+"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access t"
-"o the LUN.</p>"
+"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access "
+"to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by click"
-"ing <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
+"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete"
+"b>."
msgstr ""
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LU"
-"N</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
+"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN"
+"b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which addr"
-"ess\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
+"address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
+"lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN"
+"b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional conf"
-"iguration options."
+"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
+"configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purpo"
-"ses).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Se"
-"ctors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
+"purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
+"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
@@ -476,156 +487,175 @@
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
+#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication,
+#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly.
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233
+msgid "No Discovery Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244
+msgid "Authentication by Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "UserID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Authentication by Initiators"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277
msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
msgid "Change:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727
msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. create items from targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478
msgid ""
"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
@@ -634,23 +664,23 @@
"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507
msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528
msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552
msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587
msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -665,11 +695,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -50,22 +50,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \""
-"kernel_string\"."
+"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only "
+"\"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the k"
-"dump kernel."
+"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
+"kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command l"
-"ine string."
+"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
+"line string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes p"
-"assword (plain text file)."
+"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
+"password (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, s"
-"ftp, nfs, cifs"
+"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
+"sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -185,8 +185,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means "
+"only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or"
-" s are allowed"
+"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
+"or s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -424,7 +424,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813
-msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgid ""
+"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -490,18 +491,13 @@
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47
-msgid "Saving kdump configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
@@ -747,8 +743,8 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/re"
-"moved. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/"
+"removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -764,12 +760,12 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take pla"
-"ce when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted d"
-"ump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a ne"
-"w instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel c"
-"rash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of"
-" memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
+"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-"
+"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which "
+"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the "
+"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has "
+"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
@@ -787,8 +783,10 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip."
+"<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster."
+"<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -796,17 +794,17 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps"
-".<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
+"dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
+"<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Brow"
-"se</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing "
+"<i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -818,8 +816,8 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.</p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection."
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
@@ -906,8 +904,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed."
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
@@ -922,46 +920,48 @@
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
-msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain"
-" SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
+"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This"
-"\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will "
-"be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
+"This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP "
+"will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification em"
-"ail will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
+"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to"
-"\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
+"to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved."
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the nu"
-"mber of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
+"number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1149,141 +1149,145 @@
msgid "Kdump not supported"
msgstr ""
-#. See FATE#315780
-#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
-#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31
+msgid "Saving kdump configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
+#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
msgid ""
-"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only "
-"%{available} are available."
+"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but "
+"only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -24,90 +24,90 @@
#. Multipath summary dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70
msgid "Multipath Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67
msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75
msgid "&Use Multipath"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
msgid "Item"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115
msgid "Blacklist Exceptions"
msgstr ""
#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults..
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164
msgid "Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
msgid "vendor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
msgid "product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188
msgid "Multipaths"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213
msgid "Configure Defaults"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214
msgid "Configure Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216
msgid "Configure Blacklist"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221
msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. Disable configure tab during installation
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506
@@ -117,77 +117,75 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
-msgid ""
-"Illegal parameters:\n"
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256
+msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr ""
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr ""
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr ""
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr ""
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr ""
@@ -212,41 +210,42 @@
"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Mult"
-"ipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped"
-".<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not "
+"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd "
+"stopped.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog help for Configure tab
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are fo"
-"ur sections in the configuration file:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exceptio"
-"n</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There "
+"are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
+"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.
\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candi"
-"dates.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<"
-"br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from black"
-"list.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist"
-"_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default "
-"settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><"
-"br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br>"
-"</p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults "
+"settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath "
+"candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist "
+"settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from "
+"blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure "
+"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides "
+"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices "
+"settings.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations."
+"<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
@@ -254,25 +253,27 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, "
-"unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as "
-"default setting.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath "
+"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own "
+"value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode<"
-"/b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device name"
-"s in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, "
-"hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist."
-" A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates."
+"<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
+"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist."
+"<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
+"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
+"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in "
+"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -281,15 +282,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode<"
-"/b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blackli"
-"st.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device name"
-"s in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, "
-"hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from"
-" blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
+"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from "
+"blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
+"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
+"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted "
+"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,10 +298,10 @@
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default "
-"settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the "
+"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name."
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-30 01:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
-msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
@@ -116,19 +117,27 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
+msgid ""
+"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
+"recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
-msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
+msgid ""
+"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already "
+"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
-msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
+msgid ""
+"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. "
+"updates aren't possible."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
-msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
+msgid ""
+"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any "
+"longer."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
@@ -162,7 +171,9 @@
#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
+msgid ""
+"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> "
+"locale"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
@@ -375,11 +386,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
-msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
+msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
-msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
+msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
@@ -654,32 +665,62 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to "
+"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single "
+"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or "
+"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when "
+"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package "
+"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> "
+"and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large "
+"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain "
+"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ "
+"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on "
+"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You "
+"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the "
+"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has "
+"several columns:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgid ""
+"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and "
+"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available "
+"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed "
+"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
msgstr ""
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
-msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status "
+"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete "
+"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status "
+"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu "
+"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package "
+"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package "
+"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions "
+"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful "
+"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help window
@@ -689,12 +730,20 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the "
+"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an "
+"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should "
+"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the "
+"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. "
+"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all "
+"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part 3 of help text package status
@@ -704,12 +753,20 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
-msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be "
+"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated"
+"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: "
+"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---"
+"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
-msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it "
+"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:"
+"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for an error popup
@@ -719,27 +776,55 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the "
+"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties "
+"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), "
+"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the "
+"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have "
+"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of "
+"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may "
+"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the "
+"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly."
+"p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They "
+"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific "
+"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers "
+"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a "
+"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. "
+"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific "
+"repository. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for "
+"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the "
+"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides "
+"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose "
+"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or "
+"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter "
+"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, "
+"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for an error popup
@@ -748,31 +833,78 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the "
+"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are "
+"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package "
+"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve "
+"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try "
+"Again'.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle "
+"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually "
+"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry "
+"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve "
+"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic "
+"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate "
+"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into "
+"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what "
+"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency "
+"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak "
+"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair "
+"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after "
+"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System "
+"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options "
+"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
-msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove "
+"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may "
+"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, "
+"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/"
+"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
-msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will "
+"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: "
+"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package "
+"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and "
+"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
-msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the "
+"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository "
+"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update "
+"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch "
+"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three "
+"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package "
+"Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
-msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package "
+"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and "
+"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import "
+"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring "
+"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described "
+"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup "
+"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted "
+"partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
@@ -970,27 +1102,57 @@
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security"
+"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You "
+"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain "
+"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in "
+"the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
-msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) "
+"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second "
+"run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
-msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
+"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your "
+"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> "
+"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You "
+"have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
+"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
+"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is "
+"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is "
+"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still "
+"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with "
+"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the "
+"patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
-msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e."
+"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to "
+"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a "
+"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages "
+"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the "
+"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are "
+"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system."
+"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the "
+"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
@@ -1036,7 +1198,9 @@
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728
-msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost."
+"<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
@@ -1085,7 +1249,13 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
-msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated "
+"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other "
+"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any "
+"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually "
+"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them."
+"p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
@@ -1117,13 +1287,21 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845
-msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-"
+"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854
-msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install "
+"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" "
+"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864
-msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to "
+"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to "
+"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -121,25 +121,26 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network att"
-"acks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated"
-"\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
+"dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
+"after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH"
-"\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH ser"
-"vice (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
+"SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
+"service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -208,7 +209,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:114
+#: src/clients/host.rb:112
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -335,7 +336,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
-msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgid ""
+"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
@@ -345,9 +347,10 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,"
-"\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
+"steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
+"configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -380,7 +383,7 @@
#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal
#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped
#. @return sequence result
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99
msgid "Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -696,8 +699,8 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) m"
-"ust be specified"
+"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
+"must be specified"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
@@ -710,13 +713,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -878,9 +881,17 @@
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
+#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config
+#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over.
+#. @param [Hash] devmap device map
+#. @return textual device protocol
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+msgid "Not configured"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,22 +1046,18 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
-#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
-#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
@@ -1095,7 +1102,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1135,7 +1142,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,7 +1175,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1196,7 +1203,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1204,13 +1211,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1221,20 +1228,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1244,85 +1251,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD"
-"_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable "
-"Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to"
-"\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
+"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
+"Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
+"to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608
msgid ""
"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
@@ -1333,7 +1340,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1515,14 +1522,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. list